News
TrainingPeaks Retail Store is Now Open
Start Browsing
David Glover : Triathlon
« Back to training plan home page
Plan Names and Descriptions
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 8 weeks $97.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Believe. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for the EXPERIENCED Half Ironman distance triathlete, the primary goal of this 8-week BASE PERIOD training plan is to set you up for success in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
This plan progresses through two 4-week base periods (12 hrs max per week) with each week containing 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3 hrs biking and 1.75 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 8 weeks $97.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE to INTERMEDIATE age group triathletes with full time jobs, the primary goal of this 8-week BASE BUILDING training plan is to set you up for YOUR SUCCESSFUL Half Ironman FINISH on race day.
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and exercise physiologist David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
This plan progresses through two 4-week base periods and one build period (11 hrs max per week). Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 2.5 hrs biking and 1.5 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $97.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Believe. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes who have completed multiple Half Ironman races, the primary goal of this 10-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through one base period and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards
- Bike: 120 min
- Run: 80 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $97.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Believe. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes who have completed multiple Half Ironman races, the primary goal of this 10-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through one base period and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards
- Bike: 120 min
- Run: 80 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $117.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Believe. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes who have completed multiple Half Ironman races, the primary goal of this 14-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $117.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Believe. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes who have completed multiple Half Ironman races, the primary goal of this 14-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $137.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Believe. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes who have completed multiple Half Ironman races, the primary goal of this 18-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $137.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Believe. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes who have completed multiple Half Ironman races, the primary goal of this 18-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $157.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Believe. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes who have completed multiple Half Ironman races, the primary goal of this 24-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your goal race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (6-7.5 hrs per week) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 300 meters or yards
- Bike: 60 min
- Run: 45 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $157.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Believe. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes who have completed multiple Half Ironman races, the primary goal of this 24-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your goal race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (6-7.5 hrs per week) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 300 meters or yards
- Bike: 60 min
- Run: 45 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $97.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE to INTERMEDIATE age group triathletes with full time jobs, the primary goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR SUCCESSFUL Half Ironman FINISH on race day.
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and exercise physiologist David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through one base period and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards
- Bike: 120 min
- Run: 80 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman 70.3® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $97.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE to INTERMEDIATE age group triathletes with full time jobs, the primary goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR SUCCESSFUL Half Ironman FINISH on race day.
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and exercise physiologist David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through one base period and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards
- Bike: 120 min
- Run: 80 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $117.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE to INTERMEDIATE age group triathletes with full time jobs, the primary goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR SUCCESSFUL Half Ironman FINISH on race day.
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and exercise physiologist David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman 70.3® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $117.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE to INTERMEDIATE age group triathletes with full time jobs, the primary goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR SUCCESSFUL Half Ironman FINISH on race day.
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and exercise physiologist David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $137.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE to INTERMEDIATE age group triathletes with full time jobs, the primary goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR SUCCESSFUL Half Ironman FINISH on race day.
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and exercise physiologist David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman 70.3® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $137.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE to INTERMEDIATE age group triathletes with full time jobs, the primary goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR SUCCESSFUL Half Ironman FINISH on race day.
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and exercise physiologist David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $157.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE to INTERMEDIATE age group triathletes with full time jobs, the primary goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR SUCCESSFUL Half Ironman FINISH on race day.
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and exercise physiologist David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your goal race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 300 meters or yards
- Bike: 60 min
- Run: 40 min (run/walk)
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $157.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE to INTERMEDIATE age group triathletes with full time jobs, the primary goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR SUCCESSFUL Half Ironman FINISH on race day.
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and exercise physiologist David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your goal race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 300 meters or yards
- Bike: 60 min
- Run: 40 min (run/walk)
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $67.00
Designed for the NOVICE triathlete, this 10-week structured and periodized plan designed by USAT-certified coach David Glover, MS, CSCS will prepare you for any International/Olympic-distance Triathlon (typically 1,500m swim, 40km bike, 10km run).
The plan includes 2 workouts each of swim, bike and run plus a BRICK and ranges from 5 to 8 hours (max) of training per week with Monday as the designated off day. Included also with this plan is a comprehensive downloadable training guide and the ability to email the author (david@enduranceworks.net) with any questions about the plan.
Athletes should be able to complete the following workouts prior to beginning the plan:
- Swim: 100 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 60 minutes
- Run or Run/Walk: 40 minutes
Please visit us at enduranceworks.net for other training plan options and to learn more about us.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $67.00
Designed for the NOVICE triathlete, this 10-week structured and periodized plan designed by USAT-certified coach David Glover, MS, CSCS will prepare you for any International/Olympic-distance Triathlon (typically 1,500m swim, 40km bike, 10km run).
The plan includes 2 workouts each of swim, bike and run plus a BRICK and ranges from 5 to 8 hours (max) of training per week with Monday as the designated off day. Included also with this plan is a comprehensive downloadable training guide and the ability to email the author (david@enduranceworks.net) with any questions about the plan.
Athletes should be able to complete the following workouts prior to beginning the plan:
- Swim: 100 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 60 minutes
- Run or Run/Walk: 40 minutes
Please visit us at enduranceworks.net for other training plan options and to learn more about us.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 16 weeks $97.00
Designed for the NOVICE triathlete, this 16-week structured and periodized plan designed by USAT-certified coach David Glover, MS, CSCS will prepare you for any International/Olympic-distance Triathlon (typically 1,500m swim, 40km bike, 10km run).
The plan includes 2 workouts each of swim, bike and run plus a BRICK and ranges from 3.5 to 8 hours (max) of training per week with Monday as the designated off day. Included also with this plan is a comprehensive downloadable training guide and the ability to email the author (david@enduranceworks.net) with any questions about the plan.
Athletes should be able to complete the following workouts prior to beginning the plan:
- Swim: 50 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 45 minutes
- Run or Run/Walk: 30 minutes
Please visit us at enduranceworks.net for other training plan options and to learn more about us.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 16 weeks $97.00
Designed for the NOVICE triathlete, this 16-week structured and periodized plan designed by USAT-certified coach David Glover, MS, CSCS will prepare you for any International/Olympic-distance Triathlon (typically 1,500m swim, 40km bike, 10km run).
The plan includes 2 workouts each of swim, bike and run plus a BRICK and ranges from 3.5 to 8 hours (max) of training per week with Monday as the designated off day. Included also with this plan is a comprehensive downloadable training guide and the ability to email the author (david@enduranceworks.net) with any questions about the plan.
Athletes should be able to complete the following workouts prior to beginning the plan:
- Swim: 50 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 45 minutes
- Run or Run/Walk: 30 minutes
Please visit us at enduranceworks.net for other training plan options and to learn more about us.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
by David Glover, MS, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $97.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes with multiple Ironman finishes, the primary goal of this 10-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in your IRONMAN New Zealand race.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 10 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through one base period and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 1,000 meters or yards
- Bike: 3.5 hours
- Run: 2 hours
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $127.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes with multiple Ironman finishes, the primary goal of this 14-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in your IRONMAN New Zealand race.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 14 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards
- Bike: 3 hours
- Run: 90 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $157.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes with multiple Ironman finishes, the primary goal of this 18-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in your IRONMAN New Zealand race.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 18 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 2.5 hours
- Run: 75 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $197.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes with multiple Ironman finishes, the primary goal of this 24-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in your IRONMAN New Zealand race.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 24 weeks before your race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (7.5 to 8 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 45 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $97.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE Ironman-distance triathletes with limited or no Ironman experience, the primary goal of this 10-week training plan is to prepare you for YOUR Successful IRONMAN New Zealand Race Finish.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 10 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through one base period and one build period (17.5 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 1,000 meters or yards
- Bike: 3.5 hours
- Run: 120 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MS, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $127.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE Ironman-distance triathletes with limited or no Ironman experience, the primary goal of this 14-week training plan is to prepare you for YOUR successful IRONMAN New Zealand finish.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 14 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (17.5 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 2.5 hours
- Run: 80 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $157.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE Ironman-distance triathletes with limited or no Ironman experience, the primary goal of this 18-week training plan is to prepare you for YOUR successful IRONMAN New Zealand finish.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 18 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (17.5 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 2.5 hours
- Run: 70 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $197.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE Ironman-distance triathletes with limited or no Ironman experience, the primary goal of this 24-week training plan is to prepare you for YOUR successful IRONMAN New Zealand finish.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 24 weeks before your race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5 to 6 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (17.5 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 45 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 8 weeks $97.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 8-week base period training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN SUCCESS on race day.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
The plan provides an 8-week structured and periodized plan to build your base (8 to 12.5 hrs per week) in the 3 to 6 months prior to an Ironman distance triathlon. Each week contains 2-3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). Long ride is Saturday and long run is Sunday. We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well. This program may be set to start or end at any time for any race.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 70 min continuously
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan can start or end any day.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MS, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $97.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes with multiple Ironman finishes, the primary goal of this 10-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR IRONMAN Race.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 10 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through one base period and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 1,000 meters or yards
- Bike: 3.5 hours
- Run: 2 hours
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $97.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes with multiple Ironman finishes, the primary goal of this 10-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR IRONMAN Race.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 10 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through one base period and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 1,000 meters or yards
- Bike: 3.5 hours
- Run: 2 hours
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $127.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes with multiple Ironman finishes, the primary goal of this 14-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR IRONMAN Race.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 14 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards
- Bike: 3 hours
- Run: 90 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $127.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes with multiple Ironman finishes, the primary goal of this 14-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR IRONMAN Race.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 14 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards
- Bike: 3 hours
- Run: 90 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $157.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes with multiple Ironman finishes, the primary goal of this 18-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR IRONMAN Race.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 18 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 2.5 hours
- Run: 75 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $157.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes with multiple Ironman finishes, the primary goal of this 18-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR IRONMAN Race.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 18 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 2.5 hours
- Run: 75 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $197.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes with multiple Ironman finishes, the primary goal of this 24-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR IRONMAN Race.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 24 weeks before your race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (7.5 to 8 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 45 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $197.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes with multiple Ironman finishes, the primary goal of this 24-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR IRONMAN Race.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 24 weeks before your race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (7.5 to 8 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 45 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $97.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE Ironman-distance triathletes with limited or no Ironman experience, the primary goal of this 10-week training plan is to prepare you for YOUR Successful IRONMAN Race Finish.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 10 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through one base period and one build period (17.5 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 1,000 meters or yards
- Bike: 3.5 hours
- Run: 120 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $97.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE Ironman-distance triathletes with limited or no Ironman experience, the primary goal of this 10-week training plan is to prepare you for YOUR Successful IRONMAN Race Finish.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 10 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through one base period and one build period (17.5 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 1,000 meters or yards
- Bike: 3.5 hours
- Run: 120 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MS, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $127.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE Ironman-distance triathletes with limited or no Ironman experience, the primary goal of this 14-week training plan is to prepare you for YOUR Successful IRONMAN Race Finish.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 14 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (17.5 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 2.5 hours
- Run: 80 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $127.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE Ironman-distance triathletes with limited or no Ironman experience, the primary goal of this 14-week training plan is to prepare you for YOUR Successful IRONMAN Race Finish.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 14 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (17.5 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 2.5 hours
- Run: 80 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $157.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE Ironman-distance triathletes with limited or no Ironman experience, the primary goal of this 18-week training plan is to prepare you for YOUR Successful IRONMAN Race Finish.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 18 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (17.5 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 2.5 hours
- Run: 70 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $157.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE Ironman-distance triathletes with limited or no Ironman experience, the primary goal of this 18-week training plan is to prepare you for YOUR Successful IRONMAN Race Finish.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 18 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (17.5 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 2.5 hours
- Run: 70 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $197.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE Ironman-distance triathletes with limited or no Ironman experience, the primary goal of this 24-week training plan is to prepare you for YOUR Successful IRONMAN Race Finish.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 24 weeks before your race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5 to 6 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (17.5 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 45 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $197.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE Ironman-distance triathletes with limited or no Ironman experience, the primary goal of this 24-week training plan is to prepare you for YOUR Successful IRONMAN Race Finish.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 24 weeks before your race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5 to 6 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (17.5 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 45 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $97.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Believe. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for MASTERS (40+) triathletes who have completed at least one Half Ironman, the primary goal of this 10-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through one base period and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards
- Bike: 120 min
- Run: 80 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $97.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Believe. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for MASTERS (40+) triathletes who have completed at least one Half Ironman, the primary goal of this 10-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through one base period and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards
- Bike: 120 min
- Run: 80 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $117.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Believe. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for MASTERS (40+) triathletes who have completed at least one Half Ironman, the primary goal of this 14-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $117.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Believe. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for MASTERS (40+) triathletes who have completed at least one Half Ironman, the primary goal of this 14-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $137.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Believe. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for MASTERS (40+) triathletes who have completed at least one Half Ironman, the primary goal of this 18-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $137.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Believe. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for MASTERS (40+) triathletes who have completed at least one Half Ironman, the primary goal of this 18-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $157.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Believe. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for MASTERS (40+) triathletes who have completed at least one Half Ironman, the primary goal of this 24-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your goal race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (6-7.5 hrs per week) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 300 meters or yards
- Bike: 60 min
- Run: 45 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $157.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Believe. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for MASTERS (40+) triathletes who have completed at least one Half Ironman, the primary goal of this 24-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your goal race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (6-7.5 hrs per week) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 300 meters or yards
- Bike: 60 min
- Run: 45 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MS, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $97.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for MASTERS (40+) triathletes with at least Half Ironman experience, the primary goal of this 10-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR IRONMAN Race.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 10 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through one base period and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 1,000 meters or yards
- Bike: 3.5 hours
- Run: 2 hours
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $97.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for MASTERS (40+) triathletes with at least Half Ironman experience, the primary goal of this 10-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR IRONMAN Race.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 10 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through one base period and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 1,000 meters or yards
- Bike: 3.5 hours
- Run: 2 hours
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $127.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes with at least Half Ironman experience, the primary goal of this 14-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR IRONMAN Race.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 14 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards
- Bike: 3 hours
- Run: 90 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $127.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for MASTERS (40+) triathletes with at least Half Ironman experience, the primary goal of this 14-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR IRONMAN Race.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 14 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards
- Bike: 3 hours
- Run: 90 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $157.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for MASTERS (40+) triathletes with at least Half Ironman experience, the primary goal of this 18-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR IRONMAN Race.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 18 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 2.5 hours
- Run: 75 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $157.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for MASTERS (40+) triathletes with at least Half Ironman experience, the primary goal of this 18-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR IRONMAN Race.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 18 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 2.5 hours
- Run: 75 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $197.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for MASTERS (40+) triathletes with at least Half Ironman experience, the primary goal of this 24-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR IRONMAN Race.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 24 weeks before your race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (7.5 to 8 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 45 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $197.00
"You are an Ironman®!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for MASTERS (40+) triathletes with at least Half Ironman experience, the primary goal of this 24-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR IRONMAN Race.
Crafted by Exercise Physiologist and Coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence...beyond what they knew they could do.
Beginning 24 weeks before your race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (7.5 to 8 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 45 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $57.00
Designed for the NOVICE triathlete, this 10-week structured and periodized plan designed by USAT-certified coach David Glover, MS, CSCS will prepare you for a Sprint Triathlon (typically 750m swim, 20km bike, 5km run).
The plan includes 2 workouts each of swim, bike and run plus a BRICK and ranges from 4 to 5 hours (max) of training per week with Monday as the designated off day. Included also with this plan is a comprehensive downloadable training guide and the ability to email the author (david@enduranceworks.net) with any questions about the plan.
Athletes should be able to complete the following workouts prior to beginning the plan:
- Swim: 50 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 40 minutes
- Run or Run/Walk: 30 minutes
Please visit us at enduranceworks.net for other training plan options and to learn more about us.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $57.00
Designed for the NOVICE triathlete, this 10-week structured and periodized plan designed by USAT-certified coach David Glover, MS, CSCS will prepare you for a Sprint Triathlon (typically 750m swim, 20km bike, 5km run).
The plan includes 2 workouts each of swim, bike and run plus a BRICK and ranges from 4 to 5 hours (max) of training per week with Monday as the designated off day. Included also with this plan is a comprehensive downloadable training guide and the ability to email the author (david@enduranceworks.net) with any questions about the plan.
Athletes should be able to complete the following workouts prior to beginning the plan:
- Swim: 50 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 40 minutes
- Run or Run/Walk: 30 minutes
Please visit us at enduranceworks.net for other training plan options and to learn more about us.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 16 weeks $87.00
Designed for the NOVICE triathlete, this 16-week structured and periodized plan designed by USAT-certified coach David Glover, MS, CSCS will prepare you for a Sprint Triathlon (typically 750m swim, 20km bike, 5km run).
The plan includes 2 workouts each of swim, bike and run plus a BRICK and ranges from 3 to 5 hours (max) of training per week with Monday as the designated off day. Included also with this plan is a comprehensive downloadable training guide and the ability to email the author (david@enduranceworks.net) with any questions about the plan.
Athletes should be able to complete the following workouts prior to beginning the plan:
- Swim: 50 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 30 minutes
- Run or Run/Walk: 20 minutes
Please visit us at enduranceworks.net for other training plan options and to learn more about us.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 16 weeks $87.00
Designed for the NOVICE triathlete, this 16-week structured and periodized plan designed by USAT-certified coach David Glover, MS, CSCS will prepare you for a Sprint Triathlon (typically 750m swim, 20km bike, 5km run).
The plan includes 2 workouts each of swim, bike and run plus a BRICK and ranges from 3 to 5 hours (max) of training per week with Monday as the designated off day. Included also with this plan is a comprehensive downloadable training guide and the ability to email the author (david@enduranceworks.net) with any questions about the plan.
Athletes should be able to complete the following workouts prior to beginning the plan:
- Swim: 50 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 30 minutes
- Run or Run/Walk: 20 minutes
Please visit us at enduranceworks.net for other training plan options and to learn more about us.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $129.00
Specifically designed for the experienced Ironman-distance triathlete who desires to excel, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Beach2Battleship Full Triathlon SUCCESS on October 26, 2013.Beginning 10 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through one base period and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race.
Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Specifically designed for the NOVICE Ironman-distance triathlete (first or second Ironman race) who desires to finish, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Beach2Battleship Full Triathlon SUCCESS on October 26, 2013.
Beginning 10 weeks before your target race (week 1 is race week), this plan progresses through one base and one build period (17.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Wednesday with Monday as the designated off day. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5 hours running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises. We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $149.00
Specifically designed for the experienced Ironman-distance triathlete who desires to excel, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Beach2Battleship Full Triathlon SUCCESS on October 26, 2013.Beginning 14 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race.
Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Specifically designed for the NOVICE Ironman-distance triathlete (first or second Ironman race) who desires to finish, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Beach2Battleship Full SUCCESS on October 26, 2013.
Beginning 14 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (17.5 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run.Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Wednesday with Monday as the designated off day. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5 hours running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $169.00
Specifically designed for the experienced Ironman-distance triathlete who desires to excel, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Beach2Battleship Full Triathlon SUCCESS on October 26, 2013.Beginning 18 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race.
Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $169.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Specifically designed for the NOVICE Ironman-distance triathlete (first or second Ironman race) who desires to finish, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Beach2Battleship Full Triathlon SUCCESS on October 26, 2013.
Beginning 18 weeks before your target race (week 1 is race week), this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (17.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Wednesday with Monday as the designated off day. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5 hours running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises. We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $199.00
Specifically designed for the experienced Ironman-distance triathlete who desires to excel, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Beach2Battleship Full Triathlon SUCCESS on October 26, 2013.Beginning 24 weeks before your race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (7.5 to 8 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race.
Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $199.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Specifically designed for the NOVICE Ironman-distance triathlete (first or second Ironman race) who desires to finish, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Beach2Battleship Full Triathlon SUCCESS on October 26, 2013.
Beginning 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (6-8 hrs) to ease you into training then progresses through three base periods and one build period (17.5 hrs in biggest training week) prior to peaking and tapering for your race. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Wednesday with Monday as the designated off day. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5 hours running.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $109.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR Beach2Battleship Half SUCCESS on October 26, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your target race, this plan contains one base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well. This program may be set to start or end at any time.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 80 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR Beach2Battleship Half SUCCESS on October 26, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR Beach2Battleship Half SUCCESS on October 26, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $179.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR Beach2Battleship Half SUCCESS on October 26, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 45 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $129.00
Specifically designed for the experienced Ironman-distance triathlete who desires to excel, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Challenge Copenhagen Triathlon SUCCESS on August 11, 2013.Beginning 10 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through one base period and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race.
Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $149.00
Specifically designed for the experienced Ironman-distance triathlete who desires to excel, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Challenge Copenhagen Triathlon SUCCESS on August 11, 2013.Beginning 14 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race.
Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $169.00
Specifically designed for the experienced Ironman-distance triathlete who desires to excel, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Challenge Copenhagen Triathlon SUCCESS on August 11, 2013.Beginning 18 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race.
Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $199.00
Specifically designed for the experienced Ironman-distance triathlete who desires to excel, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Challenge Copenhagen Triathlon SUCCESS on August 11, 2013.Beginning 24 weeks before your race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (7.5 to 8 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race.
Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Specifically designed for the NOVICE Ironman-distance triathlete (first or second Ironman race) who desires to finish, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Challenge Copenhagen Triathlon SUCCESS on August 11, 2013.
Beginning 10 weeks before your target race (week 1 is race week), this plan progresses through one base and one build period (17.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Wednesday with Monday as the designated off day. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5 hours running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises. We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Specifically designed for the NOVICE Ironman-distance triathlete (first or second Ironman race) who desires to finish, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Challenge Copenhagen Triathlon SUCCESS on August 11, 2013.
Beginning 14 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (17.5 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Wednesday with Monday as the designated off day. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5 hours running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $169.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Specifically designed for the NOVICE Ironman-distance triathlete (first or second Ironman race) who desires to finish, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Challenge Copenhagen Triathlon SUCCESS on August 11, 2013.
Beginning 18 weeks before your target race (week 1 is race week), this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (17.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Wednesday with Monday as the designated off day. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5 hours running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises. We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $199.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Specifically designed for the NOVICE Ironman-distance triathlete (first or second Ironman race) who desires to finish, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Challenge Copenhagen SUCCESS on August 11, 2013.
Beginning 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (6-8 hrs) to ease you into training then progresses through three base periods and one build period (17.5 hrs in biggest training week) prior to peaking and tapering for your race. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Wednesday with Monday as the designated off day. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5 hours running.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $129.00
Specifically designed for the experienced Ironman-distance triathlete who desires to excel, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Challenge Penticton Triathlon SUCCESS on August 25, 2013.Beginning 10 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through one base period and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race.
Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $149.00
Specifically designed for the experienced Ironman-distance triathlete who desires to excel, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Challenge Penticton Canada Triathlon SUCCESS on August 25, 2013.Beginning 14 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race.
Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $169.00
Specifically designed for the experienced Ironman-distance triathlete who desires to excel, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Challenge Penticton Canada Triathlon SUCCESS on August 25, 2013.Beginning 18 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race.
Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $199.00
Specifically designed for the experienced Ironman-distance triathlete who desires to excel, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Challenge Penticton Canada Triathlon SUCCESS on August 25, 2013.Beginning 24 weeks before your race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (7.5 to 8 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race.
Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Specifically designed for the NOVICE Ironman-distance triathlete (first or second Ironman race) who desires to finish, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Challenge Penticton Canada Triathlon SUCCESS on August 25, 2013.
Beginning 10 weeks before your target race (week 1 is race week), this plan progresses through one base and one build period (17.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Wednesday with Monday as the designated off day. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5 hours running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises. We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Specifically designed for the NOVICE Ironman-distance triathlete (first or second Ironman race) who desires to finish, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Challenge Penticton Canada Triathlon SUCCESS on August 25, 2013.
Beginning 14 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (17.5 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Wednesday with Monday as the designated off day. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5 hours running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $169.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Specifically designed for the NOVICE Ironman-distance triathlete (first or second Ironman race) who desires to finish, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Challenge Penticton Canada Triathlon SUCCESS on August 25, 2013.
Beginning 18 weeks before your target race (week 1 is race week), this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (17.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Wednesday with Monday as the designated off day. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5 hours running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises. We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $199.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Specifically designed for the NOVICE Ironman-distance triathlete (first or second Ironman race) who desires to finish, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Challenge Penticton Canada SUCCESS on August 25, 2013.
Beginning 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (6-8 hrs) to ease you into training then progresses through three base periods and one build period (17.5 hrs in biggest training week) prior to peaking and tapering for your race. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Wednesday with Monday as the designated off day. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5 hours running.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $129.00
Specifically designed for the experienced Ironman-distance triathlete who desires to excel, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Challenge Roth SUCCESS on July 14, 2013.Beginning 10 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through one base period and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race.
Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Specifically designed for the NOVICE Ironman-distance triathlete (first or second Ironman race) who desires to finish, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Challenge Roth SUCCESS on July 14, 2013.
Beginning 10 weeks before your target race (week 1 is race week), this plan progresses through one base and one build period (17.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Wednesday with Monday as the designated off day. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5 hours running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises. We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $149.00
Specifically designed for the experienced Ironman-distance triathlete who desires to excel, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Challenge Roth SUCCESS on July 14, 2013.Beginning 14 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race.
Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Specifically designed for the NOVICE Ironman-distance triathlete (first or second Ironman race) who desires to finish, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Challenge Roth SUCCESS on July 14, 2013.
Beginning 14 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (17.5 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Wednesday with Monday as the designated off day. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5 hours running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $169.00
Specifically designed for the experienced Ironman-distance triathlete who desires to excel, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Challenge Roth SUCCESS on July 14, 2013.Beginning 18 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race.
Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $169.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Specifically designed for the NOVICE Ironman-distance triathlete (first or second Ironman race) who desires to finish, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Challenge Roth SUCCESS on July 14, 2013.
Beginning 18 weeks before your target race (week 1 is race week), this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (17.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Wednesday with Monday as the designated off day. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5 hours running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises. We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $199.00
Specifically designed for the experienced Ironman-distance triathlete who desires to excel, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Challenge Roth SUCCESS on July 14, 2013.Beginning 24 weeks before your race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (7.5 to 8 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race.
Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $199.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Specifically designed for the NOVICE Ironman-distance triathlete (first or second Ironman race) who desires to finish, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Challenge Roth SUCCESS on July 14, 2013.
Beginning 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (6-8 hrs) to ease you into training then progresses through three base periods and one build period (17.5 hrs in biggest training week) prior to peaking and tapering for your race. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Wednesday with Monday as the designated off day. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5 hours running.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $129.00
Specifically designed for the experienced Ironman-distance triathlete who desires to excel, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Great Floridian Triathlon SUCCESS on October 19, 2013.Beginning 10 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through one base period and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race.
Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Specifically designed for the NOVICE Ironman-distance triathlete (first or second Ironman race) who desires to finish, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Great Floridian Triathlon SUCCESS on October 19, 2013.
Beginning 10 weeks before your target race (week 1 is race week), this plan progresses through one base and one build period (17.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Wednesday with Monday as the designated off day. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5 hours running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises. We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $149.00
Specifically designed for the experienced Ironman-distance triathlete who desires to excel, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Great Floridian Triathlon SUCCESS on October 19, 2013.Beginning 14 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race.
Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Specifically designed for the NOVICE Ironman-distance triathlete (first or second Ironman race) who desires to finish, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Great Floridian Triathlon SUCCESS on October 19, 2013.
Beginning 14 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (17.5 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run.Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Wednesday with Monday as the designated off day. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5 hours running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $169.00
Specifically designed for the experienced Ironman-distance triathlete who desires to excel, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Great Floridian Triathlon SUCCESS on October 19, 2013.Beginning 18 weeks before your race, this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race.
Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $169.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Specifically designed for the NOVICE Ironman-distance triathlete (first or second Ironman race) who desires to finish, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Great Floridian Triathlon SUCCESS on October 19, 2013.
Beginning 18 weeks before your target race (week 1 is race week), this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (17.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Wednesday with Monday as the designated off day. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5 hours running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises. We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $199.00
Specifically designed for the experienced Ironman-distance triathlete who desires to excel, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Great Floridian Triathlon SUCCESS on October 19, 2013.Beginning 24 weeks before your race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (7.5 to 8 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (18 hrs biggest training week) prior to tapering for your race.
Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Sunday. Monday is the designated day off. Using the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5-3 hours running.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $199.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you hear these magical words as you cross the finish line, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Specifically designed for the NOVICE Ironman-distance triathlete (first or second Ironman race) who desires to finish, the single goal of this structured and periodized training plan is to set you up for YOUR Great Floridian Triathlon SUCCESS on October 19, 2013.
Beginning 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (6-8 hrs) to ease you into training then progresses through three base periods and one build period (17.5 hrs in biggest training week) prior to peaking and tapering for your race. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. Long rides are on Saturday with long runs on Wednesday with Monday as the designated off day. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,800 yards (or meters) swimming, 5-6 hours biking and 2.5 hours running.
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Plan Guide, which explains how to use and adjust your training plan, and, as an added bonus, our Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Hand-crafted by exercise physiologist, coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his education, experience - 28 Ironman distance finishes with an 8:51 PR - success and passion coaching hundreds of triathletes to achieve their excellence beyond what they knew they could do. Purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David at any time for questions that you may have about your plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $109.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR Half Full Triathlon (70 Miles) SUCCESS on October 6, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your target race, this plan contains one base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 80 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR Half Full Triathlon (70 Miles) SUCCESS on October 6, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR Half Full Triathlon (70 Miles) SUCCESS on October 6, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $179.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR Half Full Triathlon (70 Miles) SUCCESS on October 6, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 45 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 8 weeks $97.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Believe. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for the EXPERIENCED Half Ironman distance triathlete, the primary goal of this 8-week BASE PERIOD training plan is to set you up for success in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
This plan progresses through two 4-week base periods (12 hrs max per week) with each week containing 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3 hrs biking and 1.75 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 8 weeks $97.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE to INTERMEDIATE age group triathletes with full time jobs, the primary goal of this 8-week BASE BUILDING training plan is to set you up for YOUR SUCCESSFUL Half Ironman FINISH on race day.
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and exercise physiologist David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
This plan progresses through two 4-week base periods and one build period (11 hrs max per week). Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 2.5 hrs biking and 1.5 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $97.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Believe. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes who have completed multiple Half Ironman races, the primary goal of this 10-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through one base period and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards
- Bike: 120 min
- Run: 80 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $97.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Believe. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes who have completed multiple Half Ironman races, the primary goal of this 10-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through one base period and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards
- Bike: 120 min
- Run: 80 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $117.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Believe. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes who have completed multiple Half Ironman races, the primary goal of this 14-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $117.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Believe. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes who have completed multiple Half Ironman races, the primary goal of this 14-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $137.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Believe. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes who have completed multiple Half Ironman races, the primary goal of this 18-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $137.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Believe. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes who have completed multiple Half Ironman races, the primary goal of this 18-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $157.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Believe. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes who have completed multiple Half Ironman races, the primary goal of this 24-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your goal race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (6-7.5 hrs per week) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 300 meters or yards
- Bike: 60 min
- Run: 45 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $157.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Believe. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes who have completed multiple Half Ironman races, the primary goal of this 24-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your goal race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (6-7.5 hrs per week) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 300 meters or yards
- Bike: 60 min
- Run: 45 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $97.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE to INTERMEDIATE age group triathletes with full time jobs, the primary goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR SUCCESSFUL Half Ironman FINISH on race day.
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and exercise physiologist David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through one base period and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards
- Bike: 120 min
- Run: 80 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman 70.3® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $97.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE to INTERMEDIATE age group triathletes with full time jobs, the primary goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR SUCCESSFUL Half Ironman FINISH on race day.
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and exercise physiologist David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through one base period and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards
- Bike: 120 min
- Run: 80 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $117.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE to INTERMEDIATE age group triathletes with full time jobs, the primary goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR SUCCESSFUL Half Ironman FINISH on race day.
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and exercise physiologist David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman 70.3® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $117.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE to INTERMEDIATE age group triathletes with full time jobs, the primary goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR SUCCESSFUL Half Ironman FINISH on race day.
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and exercise physiologist David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $137.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE to INTERMEDIATE age group triathletes with full time jobs, the primary goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR SUCCESSFUL Half Ironman FINISH on race day.
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and exercise physiologist David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman 70.3® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $137.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE to INTERMEDIATE age group triathletes with full time jobs, the primary goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR SUCCESSFUL Half Ironman FINISH on race day.
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and exercise physiologist David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $157.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE to INTERMEDIATE age group triathletes with full time jobs, the primary goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR SUCCESSFUL Half Ironman FINISH on race day.
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and exercise physiologist David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your goal race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 300 meters or yards
- Bike: 60 min
- Run: 40 min (run/walk)
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $157.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE to INTERMEDIATE age group triathletes with full time jobs, the primary goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR SUCCESSFUL Half Ironman FINISH on race day.
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and exercise physiologist David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your goal race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 300 meters or yards
- Bike: 60 min
- Run: 40 min (run/walk)
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@endurnaceworks.net.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $97.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.
When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes who have completed multiple Half Ironman races, the primary goal of this 10-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through one base period and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards
- Bike: 120 min
- Run: 80 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at schooloftri.com or email David directly at: david@schooloftricom.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman 70.3® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $97.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.
When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes who have completed multiple Half Ironman races, the primary goal of this 10-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through one base period and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards
- Bike: 120 min
- Run: 80 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at schooloftri.com or email David directly at: david@schooloftricom.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman 70.3® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $117.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.
When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes who have completed multiple Half Ironman races, the primary goal of this 14-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at schooloftri.com or email David directly at: david@schooloftricom.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman 70.3® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $117.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.
When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes who have completed multiple Half Ironman races, the primary goal of this 14-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at schooloftri.com or email David directly at: david@schooloftricom.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman 70.3® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $137.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.
When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes who have completed multiple Half Ironman races, the primary goal of this 18-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at schooloftri.com or email David directly at: david@schooloftricom.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman 70.3® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $137.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.
When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes who have completed multiple Half Ironman races, the primary goal of this 18-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at schooloftri.com or email David directly at: david@schooloftricom.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman 70.3® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $157.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.
When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes who have completed multiple Half Ironman races, the primary goal of this 24-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day.
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your goal race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (6-7.5 hrs per week) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 300 meters or yards
- Bike: 60 min
- Run: 45 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at schooloftri.com or email David directly at: david@schooloftricom.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman 70.3® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $157.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.
When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for EXPERIENCED triathletes who have completed multiple Half Ironman races, the primary goal of this 24-week training plan is to prepare you to EXCEL in YOUR Half Ironman on race day
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your goal race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (6-7.5 hrs per week) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 300 meters or yards
- Bike: 60 min
- Run: 45 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at schooloftri.com or email David directly at: david@schooloftricom.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman 70.3® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $97.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.
When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE to INTERMEDIATE age group triathletes with full time jobs, the primary goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR SUCCESSFUL Half Ironman FINISH on race day.
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through one base period and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards
- Bike: 120 min
- Run: 80 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at schooloftri.com or email David directly at: david@schooloftricom.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman 70.3® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $97.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.
When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE to INTERMEDIATE age group triathletes with full time jobs, the primary goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR SUCCESSFUL Half Ironman FINISH on race day.
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through one base period and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards
- Bike: 120 min
- Run: 80 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at schooloftri.com or email David directly at: david@schooloftricom.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman 70.3® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $117.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.
When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE to INTERMEDIATE age group triathletes with full time jobs, the primary goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR SUCCESSFUL Half Ironman FINISH on race day.
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at schooloftri.com or email David directly at: david@schooloftricom.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman 70.3® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $117.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.
When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE to INTERMEDIATE age group triathletes with full time jobs, the primary goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR SUCCESSFUL Half Ironman FINISH on race day.
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through two base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at schooloftri.com or email David directly at: david@schooloftricom.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman 70.3® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $137.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.
When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE to INTERMEDIATE age group triathletes with full time jobs, the primary goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR SUCCESSFUL Half Ironman FINISH on race day.
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at schooloftri.com or email David directly at: david@schooloftricom.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman 70.3® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $137.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.
When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE to INTERMEDIATE age group triathletes with full time jobs, the primary goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR SUCCESSFUL Half Ironman FINISH on race day.
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your goal race, this plan progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards
- Bike: 90 min
- Run: 60 min
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at schooloftri.com or email David directly at: david@schooloftricom.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman 70.3® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $157.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.
When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE to INTERMEDIATE age group triathletes with full time jobs, the primary goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR SUCCESSFUL Half Ironman FINISH on race day.
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your goal race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 300 meters or yards
- Bike: 60 min
- Run: 40 min (run/walk)
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at schooloftri.com or email David directly at: david@schooloftricom.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
- Ironman 70.3® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $157.00
Commit. Train. Perspire. Overcome. Achieve.
When you cross the finish line of an Ironman 70.3® or other half triathlon, you've accomplished something very special.
Designed for NOVICE to INTERMEDIATE age group triathletes with full time jobs, the primary goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR SUCCESSFUL Half Ironman FINISH on race day.
Crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, his experience from dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your goal race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (13.5 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. You will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your long ride is Saturday, long run is Sunday and off day is Monday. Although not necessary, we recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort; you may use a power meter as well.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 300 meters or yards
- Bike: 60 min
- Run: 40 min (run/walk)
Purchase of this plan includes our comprehensive 40+ page Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan plus email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at schooloftri.com or email David directly at: david@schooloftricom.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
- Ironman 70.3® and Ironman Triathlon® are registered trademarks of World Triathlon Corporation (WTC).
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $67.00
Dedicate. Train. Perspire. Achieve. When you cross the finish line of your International (Olympic) distance triathlon, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for the NOVICE and INTERMEDIATE triathlete, this 10-week structured, periodized plan designed by USAT-certified coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, will prepare you for your International/Olympic-distance Triathlon (typically 1,500m swim, 40km bike, 10km run). This plan is perfect if this is your first International distance race.
The plan includes 2 workouts each of swim, bike and run plus a BRICK and ranges from 5 to 8 hours (max) of training per week with Monday as the designated off day. Included also with this plan is a comprehensive downloadable training guide and the ability to email the author (david@schooloftri.com) with any questions about the plan.
Athletes should be able to complete the following workouts prior to beginning the plan:
- Swim: 100 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 60 minutes
- Run or Run/Walk: 35 minutes
Questions? Please visit us on the web at schooloftri.com or email David directly at: david@schooloftricom.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $67.00
Dedicate. Train. Perspire. Achieve. When you cross the finish line of your International (Olympic) distance triathlon, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for the NOVICE and INTERMEDIATE triathlete, this 10-week structured, periodized plan designed by USAT-certified coach David Glover, MS, MS, CSCS will prepare you for your International/Olympic-distance Triathlon (typically 1,500m swim, 40km bike, 10km run). This plan is perfect if this is your first International distance race.
The plan includes 2 workouts each of swim, bike and run plus a BRICK and ranges from 5 to 8 hours (max) of training per week with Monday as the designated off day. Included also with this plan is a comprehensive downloadable training guide and the ability to email the author (david@schooloftri.com) with any questions about the plan.
Athletes should be able to complete the following workouts prior to beginning the plan:
- Swim: 100 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 60 minutes
- Run or Run/Walk: 35 minutes
Questions? Please visit us on the web at schooloftri.com or email David directly at: david@schooloftricom.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 16 weeks $97.00
Dedicate. Train. Perspire. Achieve. When you cross the finish line of your International (Olympic) distance triathlon, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for the NOVICE and INTERMEDIATE triathlete, this 16-week structured and periodized plan designed by USAT-certified coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, will prepare you for any International/Olympic-distance Triathlon (typically 1,500m swim, 40km bike, 10km run). This plan is perfect if this is your first International distance race.
The plan includes 2 workouts each of swim, bike and run plus a BRICK and ranges from 3.5 to 8 hours (max) of training per week with Monday as the designated off day. Included also with this plan is a comprehensive downloadable training guide and the ability to email the author (david@schooloftri.com) with any questions about the plan.
Athletes should be able to complete the following workouts prior to beginning the plan:
- Swim: 50 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 30-45 minutes
- Run or Run/Walk: 30 minutes
Questions? Please visit us on the web at schooloftri.com or email David directly at: david@schooloftricom.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Saturday. If your race is on Sunday, please select our "Sunday Race" plan.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 16 weeks $97.00
Dedicate. Train. Perspire. Achieve. When you cross the finish line of your International (Olympic) distance triathlon, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Designed for the NOVICE and INTERMEDIATE triathlete, this 16-week structured and periodized plan designed by USAT-certified coach David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS, will prepare you for any International/Olympic-distance Triathlon (typically 1,500m swim, 40km bike, 10km run). This plan is perfect if this is your first International distance race.
The plan includes 2 workouts each of swim, bike and run plus a BRICK and ranges from 3.5 to 8 hours (max) of training per week with Monday as the designated off day. Included also with this plan is a comprehensive downloadable training guide and the ability to email the author (david@schooloftri.com) with any questions about the plan.
Athletes should be able to complete the following workouts prior to beginning the plan:
- Swim: 50 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 30-45 minutes
- Run or Run/Walk: 30 minutes
Questions? Please visit us on the web at schooloftri.com or email David directly at: david@schooloftricom.
Please note:
- This plan starts any time and you can set it to end on race day.
- This plan version assumes your target race is on a Sunday. If your race is on Saturday, please select our "Saturday Race" plan.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $109.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Augusta SUCCESS on September 29, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your target race, this plan contains one base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 80 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Augusta SUCCESS on September 29, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Augusta SUCCESS on September 29, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $179.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Augusta SUCCESS on September 29, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 45 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $109.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Austin SUCCESS on October 27, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your target race, this plan contains one base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 80 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Austin SUCCESS on October 27, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Austin SUCCESS on October 27, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $179.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Austin SUCCESS on October 27, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 45 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $109.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Austria SUCCESS on May 26, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your target race, this plan contains one base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 80 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Austria SUCCESS on May 26, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Austria SUCCESS on May 26, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $179.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Austria SUCCESS on May 26, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 45 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $109.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Boise SUCCESS on June 8, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your target race, this plan contains one base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well. This program may be set to start or end at any time.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 80 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Boise SUCCESS on June 8, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Boise SUCCESS on June 8, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $179.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Boise SUCCESS on June 8, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 45 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $109.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Boulder SUCCESS on August 4, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your target race, this plan contains one base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 80 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Boulder SUCCESS on August 4, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Boulder SUCCESS on August 4, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $179.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Boulder SUCCESS on August 4, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 45 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $109.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR Ironman 70.3 Buffalo Springs Lake SUCCESS on June 30, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your target race, this plan contains one base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 80 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR Ironman 70.3 Buffalo Springs Lake SUCCESS on June 30, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR Ironman 70.3 Buffalo Springs Lake SUCCESS on June 30, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $179.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR Ironman 70.3 Buffalo Springs Lake SUCCESS on June 30, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 45 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $109.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Calgary SUCCESS on July 28, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your target race, this plan contains one base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 80 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Calgary SUCCESS on July 28, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Calgary SUCCESS on July 28, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $179.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Calgary SUCCESS on July 28, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 45 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $109.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Cozumel SUCCESS on September 22, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your target race, this plan contains one base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 80 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Cozumel SUCCESS on September 22, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Cozumel SUCCESS on September 22, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $179.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Cozumel SUCCESS on September 22, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 45 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $109.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Eagleman SUCCESS on June 9, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your target race, this plan contains one base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 80 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Eagleman SUCCESS on June 9, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Eagleman SUCCESS on June 9, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $179.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Eagleman SUCCESS on June 9, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 45 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $109.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Florida SUCCESS on May 19, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your target race, this plan contains one base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 80 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Florida SUCCESS on May 19, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Florida SUCCESS on May 19, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $179.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Florida SUCCESS on May 19, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 45 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $109.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Hawaii SUCCESS on June 1, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your target race, this plan contains one base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well. This program may be set to start or end at any time.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 80 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Hawaii SUCCESS on June 1, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Hawaii SUCCESS on June 1, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $179.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Hawaii SUCCESS on June 1, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 45 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $109.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Kansas SUCCESS on June 9, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your target race, this plan contains one base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 80 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Kansas SUCCESS on June 9, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Kansas SUCCESS on June 9, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $179.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Kansas SUCCESS on June 9, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 45 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $109.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Lake Stevens SUCCESS on July 21, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your target race, this plan contains one base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 80 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Lake Stevens SUCCESS on July 21, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Lake Stevens SUCCESS on July 21, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $179.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Lake Stevens SUCCESS on July 21, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 45 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $109.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Las Vegas World Championship SUCCESS on September 8, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your target race, this plan contains one base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 80 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Las Vegas World Championship SUCCESS on September 8, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Las Vegas World Championship SUCCESS on September 8, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $179.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Las Vegas World Championship SUCCESS on September 8, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 45 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $109.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Miami SUCCESS on October 27, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your target race, this plan contains one base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 80 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Miami SUCCESS on October 27, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Miami SUCCESS on October 27, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $179.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Miami SUCCESS on October 27, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 45 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $109.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Mont-Tremblant SUCCESS on June 23, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your target race, this plan contains one base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 80 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Mont-Tremblant SUCCESS on June 23, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Mont-Tremblant SUCCESS on June 23, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $179.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Mont-Tremblant SUCCESS on June 23, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 45 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $109.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Muncie SUCCESS on July 13, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your target race, this plan contains one base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well. This program may be set to start or end at any time.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 80 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Muncie SUCCESS on July 13, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Muncie SUCCESS on July 13, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $179.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Muncie SUCCESS on July 13, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 45 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $109.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Muskoka SUCCESS on September 8, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your target race, this plan contains one base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 80 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Muskoka SUCCESS on September 8, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Muskoka SUCCESS on September 8, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $179.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Muskoka SUCCESS on September 8, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 45 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $109.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Racine SUCCESS on July 21, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your target race, this plan contains one base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 80 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Racine SUCCESS on July 21, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Racine SUCCESS on July 21, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $179.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Racine SUCCESS on July 21, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 45 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $109.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Raleigh SUCCESS on June 2, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your target race, this plan contains one base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 80 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Raleigh SUCCESS on June 2, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Raleigh SUCCESS on June 2, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $179.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Raleigh SUCCESS on June 2, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 45 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $107.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 South Africa SUCCESS on January 26, 2014.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your target race, this plan contains one base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 80 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $127.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 South Africa SUCCESS on January 26, 2014.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $147.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 South Africa SUCCESS on January 26, 2014.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MSE, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $177.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 South Africa SUCCESS on January 20, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 45 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $109.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Steelhead SUCCESS on August 4, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your target race, this plan contains one base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 80 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Steelhead SUCCESS on August 4, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Steelhead SUCCESS on August 4, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $179.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Steelhead SUCCESS on August 4, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 45 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $109.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Switzerland SUCCESS on June 2, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your target race, this plan contains one base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 80 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Switzerland SUCCESS on June 2, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Switzerland SUCCESS on June 2, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $179.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Switzerland SUCCESS on June 2, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 45 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $109.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Syracuse SUCCESS on June 23, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your target race, this plan contains one base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 80 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Syracuse SUCCESS on June 23, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Syracuse SUCCESS on June 23, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 24 weeks $179.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 24-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Syracuse SUCCESS on June 23, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 24 weeks before your target race, this plan begins with a 6-week prep period (5-7 hrs) then progresses through three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Following the prep period, each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 45 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 10 weeks $109.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 10-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Timberman SUCCESS on August 18, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 10 weeks before your target race, this plan contains one base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 750 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 2.5 hours continuously
- Run: 80 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 14 weeks $129.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 14-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Timberman SUCCESS on August 18, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 14 weeks before your target race, this plan contains three base periods and one build period (14 hrs max per week) prior to peaking and tapering. Each week typically contains 3x swims, 3x bikes and 3x runs plus 1 BRICK run. During the plan, you will build up to: 3,000 yards (or meters) swimming, 3.5 hrs biking and 2 hrs running. Your weekly schedule includes optional time allocation for strength exercises and a designated off day (Monday). We recommend using a heart rate monitor in conjunction with perceived effort but you may use power as well.
Purchase of this plan includes the comprehensive 40+ page ENDURANCEWORKS Triathlon Training Guide, which explains how to use your training plan, and, as an added bonus, Build and Maintain: Strength Training for Triathletes.
Prior to using this plan, you should be able to complete the following workouts:
- Swim: 500 meters or yards continuously
- Bike: 1.5 hours continuously
- Run: 60 min continuously
Most importantly, purchase of this program includes complimentary email access to David Glover at any time for questions that you may have about this plan.
Questions? Please visit us on the web at enduranceworks.net or email David directly at: david@enduranceworks.net.
by David Glover, MS, CSCS 18 weeks $149.00
“You are an Ironman!” When you cross the finish line and hear those words, you’ve accomplished something very special.
Especially designed for age group triathletes with full time jobs and other commitments, the single goal of this 18-week training plan is to set you up for YOUR IRONMAN 70.3 Timberman SUCCESS on August 18, 2013.
Hand-crafted by USA Triathlon-certified coach and former pro triathlete David Glover, MS, CSCS this plan encapsulates his passion for the sport, dozens of Half and Full Ironman distance finishes (5 overall wins, 8:51 PR at Ironman distance) and his success coaching hundreds of triathletes.
Starting 18 weeks before your target race,